blob: 8e17c5064a443ace1d03490f32e58261623f323c [file] [log] [blame]
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
2HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version.
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00008
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010
11DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000012 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000013SRST
14``-h``
15 Display help and exit
16ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000017
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000018DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000019 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000020SRST
21``-version``
22 Display version information and exit
23ERST
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020025DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
26 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010027 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020028 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020029 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050030 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030031 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080032 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010033 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010034 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080035 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010036 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +080037 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -050038 " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +010039 " memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n"
40 " cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020041 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000042SRST
43``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
44 Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
45 available machines.
46
47 For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
48 across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
49 type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
50 "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
51
52 To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
53 version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
54 and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
55 skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
56 QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
57
58 Supported machine properties are:
59
60 ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
61 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020062 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000063 By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
64 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
65 initialize.
66
67 ``vmport=on|off|auto``
68 Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
69 to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is
70 off otherwise the default is on.
71
72 ``dump-guest-core=on|off``
73 Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
74
75 ``mem-merge=on|off``
76 Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
77 supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
78 among VMs instances (enabled by default).
79
80 ``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
81 Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
82 This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
83 to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
84 is on.
85
86 ``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
87 Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
88 This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
89 to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
90 is on.
91
92 ``nvdimm=on|off``
93 Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
94
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000095 ``memory-encryption=``
96 Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
97
98 ``hmat=on|off``
99 Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
100 (HMAT) support. The default is off.
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500101
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100102 ``memory-backend='id'``
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500103 An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
104 Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
105
106 For example:
107 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100108
109 -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
110 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
111 -m 512M
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500112
113 Migration compatibility note:
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100114
115 * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
116 machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
117 to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
118 * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
119 use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
120 if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
121
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500122 For example:
123 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100124
125 -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
126 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
127 -m 512M
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100128
129 ``cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]``
130 Define a CXL Fixed Memory Window (CFMW).
131
132 Described in the CXL 2.0 ECN: CEDT CFMWS & QTG _DSM.
133
134 They are regions of Host Physical Addresses (HPA) on a system which
135 may be interleaved across one or more CXL host bridges. The system
136 software will assign particular devices into these windows and
137 configure the downstream Host-managed Device Memory (HDM) decoders
138 in root ports, switch ports and devices appropriately to meet the
139 interleave requirements before enabling the memory devices.
140
141 ``targets.X=target`` provides the mapping to CXL host bridges
142 which may be identified by the id provied in the -device entry.
143 Multiple entries are needed to specify all the targets when
144 the fixed memory window represents interleaved memory. X is the
145 target index from 0.
146
147 ``size=size`` sets the size of the CFMW. This must be a multiple of
148 256MiB. The region will be aligned to 256MiB but the location is
149 platform and configuration dependent.
150
151 ``interleave-granularity=granularity`` sets the granularity of
152 interleave. Default 256KiB. Only 256KiB, 512KiB, 1024KiB, 2048KiB
153 4096KiB, 8192KiB and 16384KiB granularities supported.
154
155 Example:
156
157 ::
158
159 -machine cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=cxl.0,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=cxl.1,cxl-fmw.0.size=128G,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=512k
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000160ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000161
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200162DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M,
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400163 " sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid,sgx-epc.0.node=numaid\n",
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200164 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
165
166SRST
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400167``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid},sgx-epc.0.node=@var{numaid}``
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200168 Define an SGX EPC section.
169ERST
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200170
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000171DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100172 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000173SRST
174``-cpu model``
175 Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
176 selection)
177ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000178
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000179DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100180 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200181 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzini46472d82019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100182 " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
Paolo Bonzini11bc4a12019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100183 " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
Paolo Bonzini23b08982019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100184 " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700185 " split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100186 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400187 " dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300188 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000189SRST
190``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
191 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200192 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000193 default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
194 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
195 initialize.
196
197 ``igd-passthru=on|off``
198 When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
199 integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
200 (default=off)
201
202 ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
203 Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
204 acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
205 reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
206 non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
207 is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
208
209 ``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
210 Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
211
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700212 ``split-wx=on|off``
213 Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
214 buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
215 such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
216 will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
217
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000218 ``tb-size=n``
219 Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
220
221 ``thread=single|multi``
222 Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +0300223 there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000224 additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
225 where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
226 incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
227 icount/replay).
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400228
229 ``dirty-ring-size=n``
230 When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU
231 dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should
232 be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but
233 still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports). 4096
234 could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best.
235 Set this value to 0 to disable the feature. By default, this feature
236 is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0). When enabled, KVM will instead
237 record dirty pages in a bitmap.
238
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000239ERST
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000240
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000241DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800242 "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800243 " set the number of initial CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100244 " maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700245 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800246 " sockets= number of sockets on the machine board\n"
247 " dies= number of dies in one socket\n"
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800248 " clusters= number of clusters in one die\n"
249 " cores= number of cores in one cluster\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800250 " threads= number of threads in one core\n"
251 "Note: Different machines may have different subsets of the CPU topology\n"
252 " parameters supported, so the actual meaning of the supported parameters\n"
253 " will vary accordingly. For example, for a machine type that supports a\n"
254 " three-level CPU hierarchy of sockets/cores/threads, the parameters will\n"
255 " sequentially mean as below:\n"
256 " sockets means the number of sockets on the machine board\n"
257 " cores means the number of cores in one socket\n"
258 " threads means the number of threads in one core\n"
259 " For a particular machine type board, an expected CPU topology hierarchy\n"
260 " can be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters\n"
261 " can also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values\n"
262 " must be set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.\n",
263 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000264SRST
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800265``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]``
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100266 Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on
267 the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional
268 '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be
Yanan Wang7d8c5a32021-09-29 10:58:05 +0800269 added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number
270 of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the
271 initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them
272 is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value.
273 Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800274 be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Product of the
275 CPU topology hierarchy must be equal to the maximum number of CPUs.
276 Both parameters are subject to an upper limit that is determined by
277 the specific machine type chosen.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100278
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800279 To control reporting of CPU topology information, values of the topology
280 parameters can be specified. Machines may only support a subset of the
281 parameters and different machines may have different subsets supported
282 which vary depending on capacity of the corresponding CPU targets. So
283 for a particular machine type board, an expected topology hierarchy can
284 be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters can
285 also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values must be
286 set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100287
288 Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800289 must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero,
290 explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any
291 omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800292
293 For example, the following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy
294 (2 sockets totally on the machine, 2 cores per socket, 2 threads per
295 core) for a machine that only supports sockets/cores/threads.
296 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
297 automatically computed:
298
299 ::
300
301 -smp 8,sockets=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=8
302
303 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
304 totally on the machine, 2 dies per socket, 2 cores per die, 2 threads
305 per core) for PC machines which support sockets/dies/cores/threads.
306 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
307 automatically computed:
308
309 ::
310
311 -smp 16,sockets=2,dies=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
312
Yanan Wangd55c3162022-01-07 16:32:27 +0800313 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
314 totally on the machine, 2 clusters per socket, 2 cores per cluster,
315 2 threads per core) for ARM virt machines which support sockets/clusters
316 /cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but their values
317 will be automatically computed:
318
319 ::
320
321 -smp 16,sockets=2,clusters=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
322
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800323 Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters
324 when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which
325 were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered
Yanan Wang4a0af292021-09-29 10:58:09 +0800326 liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores
327 over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800328
329 For example, the following option defines a machine board with 2 sockets
330 of 1 core before 6.2 and 1 socket of 2 cores after 6.2:
331
332 ::
333
334 -smp 2
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000335ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000336
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000337DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800338 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
339 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100340 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
Liu Jingqi9b12dfa2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800341 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
Liu Jingqic412a482019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800342 "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
343 "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100344 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000345SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000346``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
347 \
348``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
349 \
350``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
351 \
352``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
353 \
354``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=tpye[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
355 \
356``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000357 Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
358 distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
359 Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
360
361 Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
362 lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
363 contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
364 omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
365 providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
366 omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
367
368 For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
369 NUMA node:
370
371 ::
372
373 -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
374
375 '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
376 which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
377 assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
378 CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
379 machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
380 '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
381 property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
382 required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
383 it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
384
385 For example:
386
387 ::
388
389 -M pc \
390 -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
391 -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
392 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
393
Igor Mammedov32a354d2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400394 Legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' assigns a given RAM amount to a node (not supported
395 for 5.1 and newer machine types). '\ ``memdev``\ ' assigns RAM from
396 a given memory backend device to a node. If '\ ``mem``\ ' and
397 '\ ``memdev``\ ' are omitted in all nodes, RAM is split equally between them.
398
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000399
400 '\ ``mem``\ ' and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive.
401 Furthermore, if one node uses '\ ``memdev``\ ', all of them have to
402 use it.
403
404 '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
405 initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
406 largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
407 set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
408
409 Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
410 CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
411 because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
412 and must be itself.
413
414 ::
415
416 -machine hmat=on \
417 -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
418 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
419 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
420 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
421 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
422 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
423 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
424 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
425
426 source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
427 distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
428 itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
429 all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
430 given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
431 the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
432 asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
433 all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
434 even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
435 another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
436
437 Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
438 resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
439 means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
440 allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
441
442 Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
443 Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
444 Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
445 create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
446 Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
447
448 In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
449 the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
450 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
451 hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
452 structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
453 for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
454 this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
455 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
456 the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
457 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
458 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
459 bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
460
461 lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
462 possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
463 value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
464 used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
465 the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
466
467 In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
468 belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
469 the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
470 level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
471 associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
472 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
473 is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
474
475 For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
476 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
477 access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
478 access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
479 memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
480 access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
481 NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
482 policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
483
484 ::
485
486 -machine hmat=on \
487 -m 2G \
488 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
489 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
Yanan Wang848dd262021-09-28 20:11:34 +0800490 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000491 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
492 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
493 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
494 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
495 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
496 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
497 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
498 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
499 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
500 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
501ERST
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000502
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100503DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
504 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
505 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000506SRST
507``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
508 Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
509
510 ``fd=fd``
511 This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
512 added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
513 stderr.
514
515 ``set=set``
516 This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
517 descriptor to.
518
519 ``opaque=opaque``
520 This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
521 describe fd.
522
523 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
524 set:
525
526 .. parsed-literal::
527
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +0200528 |qemu_system| \\
529 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
530 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000531 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
532ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100533
534DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
535 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
536 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
537 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000538SRST
539``-set group.id.arg=value``
540 Set parameter arg for item id of type group
541ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100542
543DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200544 "-global driver.property=value\n"
545 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100546 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
547 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000548SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000549``-global driver.prop=value``
550 \
551``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000552 Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
553
554 .. parsed-literal::
555
556 |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
557
558 In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
559 which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
560 device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
561 use -``device``.
562
563 -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
564 driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
565 even when driver contains a dot.
566ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100567
568DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
569 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800570 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100571 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
572 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
573 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
574 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
575 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000576SRST
577``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
578 Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
579 letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
580 (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
581 (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
582 To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
583 it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
584 should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
585 devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
586 both at the same time.
587
588 Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
589 as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
590
591 A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
592 as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
593 firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
594 support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
595 BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
596 supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
597 800x640.
598
599 A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
600 ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
601 not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
602 for X86 system support it.
603
604 Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
605 it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
606 options. The default is non-strict boot.
607
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000608 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000609
610 # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
611 |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
612 # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
613 |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
614 # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
615 |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
616
617 Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
618 use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
619ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100620
621DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300622 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100623 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200624 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200625 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400626 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
627 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100628 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000629SRST
630``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
631 Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
632 Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
633 megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
634 could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
635 amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
636
637 For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
638 size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
639 the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
640
641 .. parsed-literal::
642
643 |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
644
645 If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
646 enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
647ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100648
649DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
650 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000651SRST
652``-mem-path path``
653 Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
654ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100655
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100656DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
657 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
658 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000659SRST
660``-mem-prealloc``
661 Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
662ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100663
664DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
665 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
666 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000667SRST
668``-k language``
669 Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
670 option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
671 (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
672 display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
673 PC/Windows hosts.
674
675 The available layouts are:
676
677 ::
678
679 ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
680 da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
681 de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
682
683 The default is ``en-us``.
684ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100685
686
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100687HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100688DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100689 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100690 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000691SRST
692``-audio-help``
693 Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
694 (deprecated) environment variables.
695ERST
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100696
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200697DEF("audio", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audio,
698 "-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
699 " specifies the audio backend and device to use;\n"
700 " apart from 'model', options are the same as for -audiodev.\n"
701 " use '-audio model=help' to show possible devices.\n",
702 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
703SRST
704``-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]``
705 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the guest audio
706 hardware and the host audio backend in one go.
707 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
708 ``-audiodev`` options below. The guest hardware model can be set with
709 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
710 types.
711
712 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-audio``
713 can be used to shorten the command line length:
714
715 .. parsed-literal::
716
717 |qemu_system| -audiodev pa,id=pa -device sb16,audiodev=pa
718 |qemu_system| -audio pa,model=sb16
719ERST
720
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100721DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
722 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
723 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
724 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
725 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200726 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100727 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
728 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
729 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
730 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100731 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100732 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100733 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100734 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
735 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
736#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
737 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
738 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100739 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100740 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
741 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
742#endif
743#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
744 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
745 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
746#endif
747#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
748 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
749 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
750#endif
751#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
752 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
753 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
754 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
755 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
756 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
757 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
758 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
759#endif
760#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
761 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
762 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
763 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100764 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100765#endif
766#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
767 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100768 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100769#endif
770#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
771 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
772#endif
Marc-André Lureau739362d2021-03-09 17:15:28 +0400773#ifdef CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY
774 "-audiodev dbus,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
775#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100776 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
777 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
778 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000779SRST
780``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
781 Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
782 and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
783 for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
784 the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
785 ``out.prop``. For example:
786
787 ::
788
789 -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
790 -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
791
792 NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
793 specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
794 and continue emulation without sound.
795
796 Valid global options are:
797
798 ``id=identifier``
799 Identifies the audio backend.
800
801 ``timer-period=period``
802 Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
803 microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
804
805 ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
806 Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
807 convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
808 off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
809 option means that the selected backend must support multiple
810 streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
811 otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
812 this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
813 engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
814
815 ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
816 Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
817 based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
818 must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
819
820 ``in|out.frequency=frequency``
821 Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
822 is 44100Hz.
823
824 ``in|out.channels=channels``
825 Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
826 Default is 2 (stereo).
827
828 ``in|out.format=format``
829 Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
830 Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100831 ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000832
833 ``in|out.voices=voices``
834 Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
835
836 ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
837 Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
838
839``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
840 Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
841 no backend specific properties.
842
843``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
844 Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
845 Linux.
846
847 ALSA specific options are:
848
849 ``in|out.dev=device``
850 Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
851 is ``default``.
852
853 ``in|out.period-length=usecs``
854 Sets the period length in microseconds.
855
856 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
857 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
858
859 ``threshold=threshold``
860 Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
861
862``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
863 Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
864 available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
865
866 Core Audio specific options are:
867
868 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
869 Sets the count of the buffers.
870
871``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
872 Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
873 only available on Windows and only supports playback.
874
875 DirectSound specific options are:
876
877 ``latency=usecs``
878 Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
879 10000 (10 ms).
880
881``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
882 Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
883 Unix-like systems.
884
885 OSS specific options are:
886
887 ``in|out.dev=device``
888 Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
889 ``/dev/dsp``.
890
891 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
892 Sets the count of the buffers.
893
894 ``in|out.try-poll=on|of``
895 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
896
897 ``try-mmap=on|off``
898 Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
899
900 ``exclusive=on|off``
901 Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
902 case). Default is off.
903
904 ``dsp-policy=policy``
905 Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
906 means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
907 buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
908 option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
909
910``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
911 Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
912 most systems.
913
914 PulseAudio specific options are:
915
916 ``server=server``
917 Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
918
919 ``in|out.name=sink``
920 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
921
922 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
923 Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
924 to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
925
926``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
927 Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
928 systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100929 possible.
930
931 SDL specific options are:
932
933 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
934 Sets the count of the buffers.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000935
936``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
937 Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
938 requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
939 usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
940 specific properties.
941
942``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
943 Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
944
945 Backend specific options are:
946
947 ``path=path``
948 Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
949 ``qemu.wav``.
950ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100951
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100952DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
953 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
954 " add device (based on driver)\n"
955 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
956 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
957 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
958 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000959SRST
960``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
961 Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
962 properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
963 properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
964
965 Some drivers are:
966
Corey Minyard789101b2020-07-17 11:37:02 -0500967``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000968 Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
969 interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
970 watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
971 need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
972
973 The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
974 address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
975 controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
976 it.
977
978 ``id=id``
979 The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
980
981 ``slave_addr=val``
982 Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
983
984 ``sdrfile=file``
985 file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
986 is none.
987
988 ``fruareasize=val``
989 size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
990 1024.
991
992 ``frudatafile=file``
993 file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
994 The default is none.
995
996 ``guid=uuid``
997 value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
998 is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
999 Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
1000
1001``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
1002 Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
1003 locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
1004 external entity that provides the IPMI services.
1005
1006 A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
1007 it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev
1008 option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
1009 that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
1010 the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
1011 the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
1012 simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
1013 simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
1014
1015 See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
1016 details on the external interface.
1017
1018``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1019 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
1020 corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
1021
1022 ``bmc=id``
1023 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
1024 above.
1025
1026 ``ioport=val``
1027 Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
1028 for KCS.
1029
1030 ``irq=val``
1031 Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
1032 interrupts, set this to 0.
1033
1034``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1035 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
1036 is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001037
1038``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
1039 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the PCI bus.
1040
1041 ``bmc=id``
1042 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
1043
1044``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
1045 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
Peter Xu7395b3e2021-07-07 11:41:14 -04001046
1047``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]``
1048 This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d
1049 emulation within the guest. It supports below options:
1050
1051 ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto)
1052 This enables interrupt remapping feature. It's required to enable
1053 complete x2apic. Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes
1054 ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported.
1055 The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of
1056 kernel-irqchip.
1057
1058 ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off)
1059 This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device. When
1060 caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an
1061 IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in
1062 a synchronous way. It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work
1063 with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup
1064 the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts.
1065
1066 ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off)
1067 This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device. So
1068 far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter,
1069 paired with ats=on configured for the device.
1070
1071 ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39)
1072 This decides the address width of IOVA address space. The address
1073 space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for
1074 4-level IOMMU page tables.
1075
1076 Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d
1077 emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d.
1078
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001079ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001080
1081DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001082 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001083 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +03001084 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
1085 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001086 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001087 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001088SRST
1089``-name name``
1090 Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
1091 window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
1092 optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
1093 individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
1094ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001095
1096DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
1097 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
1098 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001099SRST
1100``-uuid uuid``
1101 Set system UUID.
1102ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001103
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001104DEFHEADING()
1105
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001106DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001107
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001108DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001109 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1110DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001111SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001112``-fda file``
1113 \
1114``-fdb file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001115 Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
1116 the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001117ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001118
1119DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001120 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1121DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001122DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001123 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1124DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001125SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001126``-hda file``
1127 \
1128``-hdb file``
1129 \
1130``-hdc file``
1131 \
1132``-hdd file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001133 Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1134 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001135ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001136
1137DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001138 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
1139 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001140SRST
1141``-cdrom file``
1142 Use file as CD-ROM image (you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` at
1143 the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom``
1144 as filename.
1145ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001146
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001147DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
1148 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
1149 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +02001150 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
1151 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001152 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
1153 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001154SRST
1155``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1156 Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
1157 block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
1158 driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
1159 most common block drivers.
1160
1161 Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
1162 be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
1163 existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
1164 adding options for the referenced node after a dot
1165 (file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
1166
1167 A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
1168 guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
1169 in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
1170
1171 ``Valid options for any block driver node:``
1172 ``driver``
1173 Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
1174
1175 ``node-name``
1176 This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
1177 will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
1178 must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
1179 (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
1180
1181 If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
1182 The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
1183 and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
1184 explicit node name must be specified.
1185
1186 ``read-only``
1187 Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
1188
1189 Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
1190 either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
1191 the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
1192 option must be specified explicitly.
1193
1194 ``auto-read-only``
1195 If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
1196 read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
1197 even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
1198 whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
1199 is attached to the node.
1200
1201 ``force-share``
1202 Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
1203 node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
1204 it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
1205 the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
1206 open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
1207 second instance), both instances must permit shared access
1208 for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
1209
1210 Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
1211
1212 ``cache.direct``
1213 The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
1214 This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
1215 memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
1216
1217 ``cache.no-flush``
1218 In case you don't care about data integrity over host
1219 failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
1220 tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
1221 but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
1222 wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
1223 disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
1224 probably be rendered unusable.
1225
1226 ``discard=discard``
1227 discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
1228 and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
1229 ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
1230 Some machine types may not support discard requests.
1231
1232 ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
1233 detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
1234 automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
1235 driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
1236 choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
1237 write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
1238
1239 ``Driver-specific options for file``
1240 This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
1241 files.
1242
1243 ``filename``
1244 The path to the image file in the local filesystem
1245
1246 ``aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001247 Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
1248 default: threads)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001249
1250 ``locking``
1251 Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
1252 / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
1253 Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
1254 (auto/on/off, default: auto)
1255
1256 Example:
1257
1258 ::
1259
1260 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
1261
1262 ``Driver-specific options for raw``
1263 This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
1264 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1265 ``file``.
1266
1267 ``file``
1268 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1269 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1270
1271 Example 1:
1272
1273 ::
1274
1275 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
1276 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
1277
1278 Example 2:
1279
1280 ::
1281
1282 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
1283
1284 ``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
1285 This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
1286 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1287 ``file``.
1288
1289 ``file``
1290 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1291 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1292
1293 ``backing``
1294 Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
1295 (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
1296 pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
1297 file.
1298
1299 ``lazy-refcounts``
1300 Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
1301 default is taken from the image file)
1302
1303 ``cache-size``
1304 The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
1305 caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
1306 refcount-cache-size)
1307
1308 ``l2-cache-size``
1309 The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
1310 cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
1311 on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
1312 within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
1313 minimal refcount cache size)
1314
1315 ``refcount-cache-size``
1316 The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
1317 (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
1318 specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
1319 cache)
1320
1321 ``cache-clean-interval``
1322 Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
1323 interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
1324 supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
1325 to 0 disables this feature.
1326
1327 ``pass-discard-request``
1328 Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
1329 forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
1330 discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1331
1332 ``pass-discard-snapshot``
1333 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1334 issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
1335 frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
1336
1337 ``pass-discard-other``
1338 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1339 issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
1340 (on/off; default: off)
1341
1342 ``overlap-check``
1343 Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1344 (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
1345 finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
1346 ``blockdev-add``.
1347
1348 Example 1:
1349
1350 ::
1351
1352 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1353 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1354
1355 Example 2:
1356
1357 ::
1358
1359 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1360
1361 ``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
1362 Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
1363 QMP command.
1364ERST
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001365
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001366DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1367 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001368 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001369 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001370 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
1371 " [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001372 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001373 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001374 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1375 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1376 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1377 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001378 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001379 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001380 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001381SRST
1382``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1383 Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
1384 backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
1385 defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
1386
1387 ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
1388 In addition, it knows the following options:
1389
1390 ``file=file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001391 This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1392 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
1393 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001394 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
1395
1396 Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
1397 protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
1398 for more information.
1399
1400 ``if=interface``
1401 This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
1402 connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
1403 pflash, virtio, none.
1404
1405 ``bus=bus,unit=unit``
1406 These options define where is connected the drive by defining
1407 the bus number and the unit id.
1408
1409 ``index=index``
Laurent Vivier35aab302022-02-02 15:34:22 +01001410 This option defines where the drive is connected by using an
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001411 index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
1412 type.
1413
1414 ``media=media``
1415 This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
1416
1417 ``snapshot=snapshot``
1418 snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
1419 given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
1420
1421 ``cache=cache``
1422 cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
1423 "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
1424 block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
1425 and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
1426 additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
1427 the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
1428 ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
1429
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001430 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1431 \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1432 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1433 writeback on off off
1434 none on on off
1435 writethrough off off off
1436 directsync off on off
1437 unsafe on off on
1438 ============= =============== ============ ==============
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001439
1440 The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
1441
1442 ``aio=aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001443 aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
1444 based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001445
1446 ``format=format``
1447 Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
1448 format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
1449 an untrusted format header.
1450
1451 ``werror=action,rerror=action``
1452 Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
1453 actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
1454 "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
1455 "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
1456 error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
1457 ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
1458
1459 ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
1460 copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
1461 backing file sectors into the image file.
1462
1463 ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
1464 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1465 for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
1466 can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
1467 for disks is 2 MB/s.
1468
1469 ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
1470 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1471 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1472 above the limit temporarily.
1473
1474 ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
1475 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1476 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1477
1478 ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
1479 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1480 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1481 spike above the limit temporarily.
1482
1483 ``iops_size=is``
1484 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1485 throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
1486 circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1487
1488 ``group=g``
1489 Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
1490 are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
1491 this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
1492 limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
1493 disk.
1494
1495 By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
1496 data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
1497 page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
1498 correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
1499 handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
1500 loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
1501
1502 For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
1503 This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
1504 data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
1505 QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
1506 this has a major impact on performance.
1507
1508 When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
1509
1510 Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
1511 repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
1512 network. By default copy-on-read is off.
1513
1514 Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
1515
1516 .. parsed-literal::
1517
1518 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
1519
1520 Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
1521
1522 .. parsed-literal::
1523
1524 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1525 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1526 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1527 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
1528
1529 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
1530 set:
1531
1532 .. parsed-literal::
1533
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02001534 |qemu_system| \\
1535 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
1536 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001537 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1538
1539 You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1540
1541 .. parsed-literal::
1542
1543 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1544
1545 If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
1546 drive:
1547
1548 .. parsed-literal::
1549
1550 |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1551
1552 Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
1553
1554 .. parsed-literal::
1555
1556 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1557 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
1558
1559 By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
1560 incremented:
1561
1562 .. parsed-literal::
1563
1564 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b"
1565
1566 is interpreted like:
1567
1568 .. parsed-literal::
1569
1570 |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
1571ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001572
1573DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001574 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1575 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001576SRST
1577``-mtdblock file``
1578 Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
1579ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001580
1581DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001582 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001583SRST
1584``-sd file``
1585 Use file as SecureDigital card image.
1586ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001587
1588DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001589 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001590SRST
1591``-pflash file``
1592 Use file as a parallel flash image.
1593ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001594
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001595DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001596 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1597 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001598SRST
1599``-snapshot``
1600 Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1601 the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001602 force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
1603 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001604ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001605
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301606DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001607 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001608 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001609 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1610 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1611 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1612 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001613 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001614 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1615 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001616 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301617 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1618
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001619SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001620``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001621 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001622``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001623 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001624``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001625 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001626``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001627 Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1628
1629 ``local``
1630 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1631
1632 ``proxy``
1633 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1634
1635 ``synth``
1636 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1637
1638 ``id=id``
1639 Specifies identifier for this device.
1640
1641 ``path=path``
1642 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1643 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1644
1645 ``security_model=security_model``
1646 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1647 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1648 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1649 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1650 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1651 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1652 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1653 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1654 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1655 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1656 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1657 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1658 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1659 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1660 parameter.
1661
1662 ``writeout=writeout``
1663 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1664 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1665 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1666 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1667 storage subsystem.
1668
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001669 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001670 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1671 default read-write access is given.
1672
1673 ``socket=socket``
1674 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1675 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1676
1677 ``sock_fd=sock_fd``
1678 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor
1679 for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper
1680 like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1681 sock\_fd.
1682
1683 ``fmode=fmode``
1684 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1685 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1686 "mapped-file".
1687
1688 ``dmode=dmode``
1689 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1690 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1691 "mapped-file".
1692
1693 ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
1694 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1695 for all request types or for reads or writes only.
1696
1697 ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
1698 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1699 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1700 above the limit temporarily.
1701
1702 ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
1703 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1704 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1705
1706 ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
1707 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1708 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1709 spike above the limit temporarily.
1710
1711 ``throttling.iops-size=is``
1712 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1713 throttling purposes.
1714
1715 -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1716
1717``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
1718 Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
1719
1720 ``type``
1721 Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
1722 "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
1723
1724 ``fsdev=id``
1725 Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
1726
1727 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1728 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1729 export point.
1730ERST
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301731
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301732DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001733 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001734 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
1735 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1736 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1737 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301738 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1739
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001740SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001741``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001742 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001743``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001744 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001745``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001746 \
1747``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001748 Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
1749 a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
1750 directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
1751 file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
1752 host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
1753 simultaniously.
1754
1755 Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
1756 generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
1757
1758 The general form of pass-through file system options are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001759
1760 ``local``
1761 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1762
1763 ``proxy``
1764 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1765
1766 ``synth``
1767 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1768
1769 ``id=id``
1770 Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
1771
1772 ``path=path``
1773 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1774 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1775
1776 ``security_model=security_model``
1777 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1778 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1779 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1780 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1781 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1782 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1783 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1784 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1785 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1786 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1787 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1788 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1789 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1790 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1791 parameter.
1792
1793 ``writeout=writeout``
1794 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1795 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1796 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1797 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1798 storage subsystem.
1799
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001800 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001801 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1802 default read-write access is given.
1803
1804 ``socket=socket``
1805 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1806 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like
1807 libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1808 sock\_fd.
1809
1810 ``sock_fd``
1811 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the
1812 socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1813
1814 ``fmode=fmode``
1815 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1816 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1817 "mapped-file".
1818
1819 ``dmode=dmode``
1820 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1821 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1822 "mapped-file".
1823
1824 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1825 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1826 export point.
1827
1828 ``multidevs=multidevs``
1829 Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a
1830 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or
1831 "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p
1832 expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and
1833 if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p
1834 export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on
1835 host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you
1836 should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to
1837 be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap"
1838 instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one
1839 export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original
1840 inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent
1841 such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required
1842 because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1843 exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
1844 virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files
1845 with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
1846 on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
1847 potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand
1848 assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same
1849 export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1850 deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that
1851 "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access
1852 operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other
1853 devices).
1854ERST
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301855
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001856DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
1857 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
1858 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
1859 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1860 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1861 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1862
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001863SRST
1864``-iscsi``
1865 Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1866ERST
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001867
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001868DEFHEADING()
1869
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001870DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001871
1872DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001873 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001874 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001875SRST
1876``-usb``
1877 Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
1878 controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
1879 controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
1880 ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
1881ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001882
1883DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1884 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1885 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001886SRST
1887``-usbdevice devname``
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001888 Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller
1889 if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via
1890 ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for
1891 the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be
1892 achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the
1893 desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example,
1894 instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use
1895 ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse
1896 to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support
1897 PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet).
1898 For more details, see the chapter about
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001899 :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001900 Possible devices for devname are:
1901
1902 ``braille``
1903 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
1904 output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a
1905 corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the
1906 ``usb-braille`` USB device).
1907
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001908 ``keyboard``
1909 Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001910
1911 ``mouse``
1912 Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
1913 activated.
1914
1915 ``tablet``
1916 Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
1917 touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
1918 position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
1919 PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1920
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001921 ``wacom-tablet``
1922 Wacom PenPartner USB tablet.
1923
1924
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001925ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001926
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001927DEFHEADING()
1928
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001929DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001930
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001931DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001932#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001933 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001934#endif
1935#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Hutha743d602022-05-19 17:56:23 +02001936 "-display sdl[,gl=on|core|es|off][,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off]\n"
1937 " [,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001938#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001939#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001940 "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n"
Felix xq QueiĂźnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02001941 " [,show-tabs=on|off][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001942#endif
1943#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1944 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
1945#endif
1946#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
1947 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
1948#endif
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09001949#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Gustavo Noronha Silva4797adc2022-03-06 21:11:19 +09001950 "-display cocoa[,full-grab=on|off][,swap-opt-cmd=on|off]\n"
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09001951#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001952#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
1953 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1954#endif
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04001955#if defined(CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY)
1956 "-display dbus[,addr=<dbusaddr>]\n"
1957 " [,gl=on|core|es|off][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1958#endif
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00001959#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
1960 "-display cocoa[,show-cursor=on|off][,left-command-key=on|off]\n"
1961#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001962 "-display none\n"
1963 " select display backend type\n"
1964 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
1965#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
1966 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001967#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001968 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001969#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001970 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001971#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001972 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001973#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001974 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001975#endif
1976 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001977SRST
1978``-display type``
Thomas Huth707d93d2022-05-19 17:56:25 +02001979 Select type of display to use. Use ``-display help`` to list the available
1980 display types. Valid values for type are
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001981
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02001982 ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]``
1983 Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
1984 application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
1985 and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
1986
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04001987 ``dbus``
1988 Export the display over D-Bus interfaces. (Since 7.0)
1989
1990 The connection is registered with the "org.qemu" name (and queued when
1991 already owned).
1992
1993 ``addr=<dbusaddr>`` : D-Bus bus address to connect to.
1994
Marc-André Lureau99997822021-10-10 00:16:57 +04001995 ``p2p=yes|no`` : Use peer-to-peer connection, accepted via QMP ``add_client``.
1996
1997 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for rendering (the D-Bus interface
1998 will share framebuffers with DMABUF file descriptors).
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04001999
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002000 ``sdl``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002001 Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
2002 window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002003 Valid parameters are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002004
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002005 ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling
John Snow450e0f22021-10-04 17:52:36 -04002006 the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. ``<mods>`` can be
2007 either ``lshift-lctrl-lalt`` or ``rctrl``.
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002008
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002009 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2010
2011 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2012
2013 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2014
2015 ``gtk``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002016 Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
2017 drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002018 the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002019
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002020 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
2021
2022 ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2023
2024 ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover
2025
Felix xq QueiĂźnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002026 ``show-tabs=on|off`` : Display the tab bar for switching between the
2027 various graphical interfaces (e.g. VGA and
2028 virtual console character devices) by default.
2029
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002030 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2031
2032 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2033
2034 ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002035 Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
2036 which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
2037 curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
2038 device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
2039 support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
2040 support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
2041 specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
2042 ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
2043 ``CP437``.
2044
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002045 ``cocoa``
2046 Display video output in a Cocoa window. Mac only. This interface
2047 provides drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and
2048 control the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
2049
2050 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2051
2052 ``left-command-key=on|off`` : Disable forwarding left command key to host
2053
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002054 ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002055 Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
2056 graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
2057 VNC or SPICE displays.
2058
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002059 ``vnc=<display>``
2060 Start a VNC server on display <display>
2061
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002062 ``none``
2063 Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
2064 emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
2065 the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
2066 that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
2067 also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
2068 data.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002069ERST
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002070
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002071DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002072 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
2073 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002074SRST
2075``-nographic``
2076 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2077 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2078 monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
2079 graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
2080 The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
2081 the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
2082 can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
2083 Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
2084ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002085
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002086#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002087DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002088 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
2089 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
2090 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002091 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
2092 " [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002093 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
2094 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
2095 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002096 " [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
2097 " [,password=<string>][,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002098 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
2099 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
2100 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002101 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
2102 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02002103 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04002104 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002105 " enable spice\n"
2106 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
2107 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002108#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002109SRST
2110``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
2111 Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
2112
2113 ``port=<nr>``
2114 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
2115
2116 ``addr=<addr>``
2117 Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
2118 address.
2119
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002120 ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002121 Force using the specified IP version.
2122
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002123 ``password=<string>``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002124 Set the password you need to authenticate.
2125
Daniel P. Berrangéc47c0bc2021-03-11 11:43:43 +00002126 This option is deprecated and insecure because it leaves the
2127 password visible in the process listing. Use ``password-secret``
2128 instead.
2129
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002130 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2131 Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password
2132 you need to authenticate.
2133
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002134 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002135 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
2136 The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
2137 from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
2138 service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
2139 running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
2140 SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
2141 locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
2142 can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
2143 that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
2144 to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
2145 data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
2146 credentials.
2147
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002148 ``disable-ticketing=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002149 Allow client connects without authentication.
2150
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002151 ``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002152 Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
2153
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002154 ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002155 Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
2156 guest.
2157
2158 ``tls-port=<nr>``
2159 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
2160
2161 ``x509-dir=<dir>``
2162 Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
2163 $display,x509=$dir
2164
2165 ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
2166 The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
2167
2168 ``tls-ciphers=<list>``
2169 Specify which ciphers to use.
2170
2171 ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
2172 Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
2173 encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
2174 configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
2175 used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
2176 explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
2177 pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
2178
2179 ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
2180 Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
2181
2182 ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
2183 Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
2184 is auto.
2185
2186 ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
2187 Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
2188
2189 ``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
2190 Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
2191
2192 ``playback-compression=[on|off]``
2193 Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
2194 Default is on.
2195
2196 ``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
2197 Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
2198
2199 ``gl=[on|off]``
2200 Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
2201
2202 ``rendernode=<file>``
2203 DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
2204 pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
2205ERST
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002206
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002207DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002208 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2209 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002210SRST
2211``-portrait``
2212 Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
2213ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002214
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002215DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
2216 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2217 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002218SRST
2219``-rotate deg``
2220 Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
2221ERST
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002222
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002223DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02002224 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002225 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002226SRST
2227``-vga type``
2228 Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
2229
2230 ``cirrus``
2231 Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
2232 from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
2233 optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
2234 the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
2235
2236 ``std``
2237 Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
2238 supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
2239 you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
2240 should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
2241 2.2)
2242
2243 ``vmware``
2244 VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
2245 sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
2246 driver for this card.
2247
2248 ``qxl``
2249 QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
2250 VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
2251 installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
2252 protocol.
2253
2254 ``tcx``
2255 (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
2256 framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
2257 colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
2258
2259 ``cg3``
2260 (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
2261 framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
2262 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
2263 wishing to run older Solaris versions.
2264
2265 ``virtio``
2266 Virtio VGA card.
2267
2268 ``none``
2269 Disable VGA card.
2270ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002271
2272DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002273 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002274SRST
2275``-full-screen``
2276 Start in full screen.
2277ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002278
John Snow60f9a4e2020-02-04 11:56:38 -05002279DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002280 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02002281 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002282SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002283``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002284 Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
2285
2286 For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
2287
2288 For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
2289 with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
2290 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
2291 OBP.
2292ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002293
2294DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002295 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002296SRST
2297``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
2298 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2299 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2300 monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
2301 VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
2302 session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
2303 using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
2304 VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
2305 layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
2306
2307 ``to=L``
2308 With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
2309 until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is
2310 not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
2311 application. By default, to=0.
2312
2313 ``host:d``
2314 TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
2315 convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
2316 omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
2317 any host.
2318
2319 ``unix:path``
2320 Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
2321 is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
2322
2323 ``none``
2324 VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
2325 command can be used to later start the VNC server.
2326
2327 Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
2328 separated by commas. Valid options are
2329
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002330 ``reverse=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002331 Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
2332 The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
2333 connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
2334 number, not a display number.
2335
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002336 ``websocket=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002337 Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
2338 Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
2339 Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
2340 specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
2341
2342 If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
2343 host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
2344 independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
2345
2346 If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
2347 runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
2348 websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
2349
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002350 ``password=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002351 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2352 connections.
2353
2354 The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002355 command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002356 syntax to change your password is:
2357 ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
2358 either "vnc" or "spice".
2359
2360 If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
2361 should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
2362 where expiration time could be one of the following options:
2363 now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
2364 make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
2365 password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
2366 this date and time).
2367
2368 You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
2369 time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
2370 expire.
2371
Daniel P. Berrangé6c6840e2021-03-11 11:43:41 +00002372 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2373 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2374 connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
2375 object identified by ``secret-id``.
2376
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002377 ``tls-creds=ID``
2378 Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
2379 VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
2380 and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
2381 will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
2382 mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
2383 using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
2384
2385 ``tls-authz=ID``
2386 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2387 the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
2388 is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
2389 on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
2390 default to denying access.
2391
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002392 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002393 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
2394 server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
2395 controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
2396 the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
2397 /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
2398 an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
2399 search alternate locations for the service config. While some
2400 SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
2401 it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
2402 and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
2403 certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
2404 compromise of authentication credentials. See the
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002405 :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
2406 for details on using SASL authentication.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002407
2408 ``sasl-authz=ID``
2409 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2410 the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
2411 resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2412 fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2413 to denying access.
2414
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002415 ``acl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002416 Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2417 x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
2418 creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
2419 ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
2420 objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
2421
2422 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2423 ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
2424
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002425 ``lossy=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002426 Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2427 option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2428 depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
2429 save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2430
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002431 ``non-adaptive=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002432 Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
2433 default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
2434 updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
2435 a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
2436 bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
2437 restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
2438
2439 ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
2440 Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
2441 ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2442 implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2443 clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
2444 session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
2445 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
2446 shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
2447 specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
2448 ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
2449 unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
2450 traditional QEMU behavior.
2451
2452 ``key-delay-ms``
2453 Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
2454 milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
2455 devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
2456 up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
2457 Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
2458 scripts for automated testing.
2459
2460 ``audiodev=audiodev``
2461 Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
2462 transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
2463 must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
2464 valid audiodev.
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002465
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002466 ``power-control=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002467 Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
2468 control requests.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002469ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002470
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002471ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002472
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002473ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002474
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002475DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002476 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2477 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002478SRST
2479``-win2k-hack``
2480 Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2481 Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
2482 option slows down the IDE transfers).
2483ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002484
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002485DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002486 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2487 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002488SRST
2489``-no-fd-bootchk``
2490 Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
2491 needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2492ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002493
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002494DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002495 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002496SRST
2497``-no-acpi``
2498 Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support.
2499 Use it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target
2500 machine only).
2501ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002502
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002503DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002504 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002505SRST
2506``-no-hpet``
2507 Disable HPET support.
2508ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002509
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002510DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002511 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002512 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002513SRST
2514``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
2515 Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
2516 specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
2517 files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
2518 options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
2519 header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
2520 is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
2521 fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
2522 FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
2523 Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
2524ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002525
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002526DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2527 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002528 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002529 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2530 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002531 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002532 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2533 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002534 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2535 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2536 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2537 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2538 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2539 " [,sku=str]\n"
2540 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2541 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
Ying Fangc906e032020-08-06 11:56:33 +08002542 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002543 " [,processor-id=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002544 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002545 "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
2546 " specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002547 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002548 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002549 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n"
2550 "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n"
2551 " specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n",
Wei Huangc30e1562015-09-07 10:39:29 +01002552 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002553SRST
2554``-smbios file=binary``
2555 Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2556
2557``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
2558 Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2559
2560``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
2561 Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
2562
2563``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
2564 Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2565
2566``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
2567 Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2568
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002569``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,processor-id=%d]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002570 Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2571
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002572``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
2573 Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
2574
2575 This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
2576 Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
2577 a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
2578 concurrently.
2579
2580 The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
2581 loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
2582
2583 Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
2584 the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
2585
2586 Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
2587 bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
2588 guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
2589 data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
2590
2591 An example passing three strings is
2592
2593 .. parsed-literal::
2594
2595 -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
2596 value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
2597 path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
2598
2599 In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
2600
2601 .. parsed-literal::
2602
2603 $ dmidecode -t 11
2604 Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
2605 OEM Strings
2606 String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
2607 String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
2608 String 3: myapp:some extra data
2609
2610
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002611``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
2612 Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002613
2614``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]``
2615 Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields
2616
2617 This argument can be repeated multiple times. Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created
2618 as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface
2619 position on the PCI bus.
2620
2621 Here is an example of use:
2622
2623 .. parsed-literal::
2624
2625 -netdev user,id=internet \\
2626 -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\
2627 -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
2628
2629 In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``:
2630
2631 ..parsed-literal::
2632
2633 $ ip -brief l
2634 lo UNKNOWN 00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP>
2635 eno1 UP 50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
2636
2637 Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus.
2638
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002639ERST
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002640
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002641DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002642
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002643DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002644
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002645DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002646#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002647 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2648 " [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002649 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002650 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002651 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002652#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002653 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002654#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002655 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2656 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002657#endif
2658#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002659 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2660 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002661#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002662 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002663 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002664 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002665 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002666 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002667 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002668 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2669 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2670 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002671 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002672 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2673 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002674 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002675 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002676 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002677 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002678 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2679 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002680 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002681 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2682 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002683 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002684 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002685 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +03002686 " use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002687 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002688 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2689 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2690 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2691 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002692#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002693#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002694 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002695 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
2696 " [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002697 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2698 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2699 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002700 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002701 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002702 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi21843dc2020-02-29 11:17:27 +00002703 " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002704 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2705 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2706 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2707 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002708 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002709 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2710 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2711 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2712 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2713 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2714 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2715 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2716 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2717 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2718 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2719#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002720 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2721 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2722 " using a socket connection\n"
2723 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2724 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002725 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002726 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2727 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2728 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002729#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002730 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2731 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2732 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002733 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2734 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2735#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002736#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002737 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002738 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2739 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2740 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2741#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002742#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002743 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2744 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002745#endif
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002746#ifdef __linux__
2747 "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str,vhostdev=/path/to/dev\n"
2748 " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
2749#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002750#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2751 "-netdev vmnet-host,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,net-uuid=uuid]\n"
2752 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2753 " configure a vmnet network backend in host mode with ID 'str',\n"
2754 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated',\n"
2755 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2756 " specify network UUID 'uuid' to disable DHCP and interact with\n"
2757 " vmnet-host interfaces within this isolated network\n"
2758 "-netdev vmnet-shared,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,nat66-prefix=addr]\n"
2759 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2760 " configure a vmnet network backend in shared mode with ID 'str',\n"
2761 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2762 " set IPv6 ULA prefix (of length 64) to use for internal network,\n"
2763 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2764 "-netdev vmnet-bridged,id=str,ifname=name[,isolated=on|off]\n"
2765 " configure a vmnet network backend in bridged mode with ID 'str',\n"
2766 " use 'ifname=name' to select a physical network interface to be bridged,\n"
2767 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2768#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002769 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002770 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002771DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002772 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002773#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2774 "user|"
2775#endif
2776#ifdef __linux__
2777 "l2tpv3|"
2778#endif
2779#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2780 "vde|"
2781#endif
2782#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2783 "netmap|"
2784#endif
2785#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2786 "vhost-user|"
2787#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002788#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2789 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2790#endif
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002791 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2792 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2793 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002794 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002795 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2796 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002797DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002798 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002799 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002800 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002801 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002802#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2803 "user|"
2804#endif
2805 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002806 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002807#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2808 "vde|"
2809#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002810#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2811 "netmap|"
2812#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002813#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2814 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2815#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002816 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002817 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2818 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002819SRST
2820``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
2821 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
2822 (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
2823 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
2824 ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
2825 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
2826 types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
2827
2828 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
2829 can be used to shorten the command line length:
2830
2831 .. parsed-literal::
2832
2833 |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2834 |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2835
2836``-nic none``
2837 Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
2838 override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
2839 network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
2840 are provided.
2841
2842``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
2843 Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
2844 administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
2845
2846 ``id=id``
2847 Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2848
2849 ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
2850 Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
2851 specified both protocols are enabled.
2852
2853 ``net=addr[/mask]``
2854 Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
2855 the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
2856 top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
2857
2858 ``host=addr``
2859 Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
2860 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
2861
2862 ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
2863 Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
2864 fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
2865 IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
2866 as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
2867
2868 ``ipv6-host=addr``
2869 Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
2870 the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2871
2872 ``restrict=on|off``
2873 If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
2874 will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
2875 will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
2876 not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
2877
2878 ``hostname=name``
2879 Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
2880 server.
2881
2882 ``dhcpstart=addr``
2883 Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
2884 assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
2885 i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
2886
2887 ``dns=addr``
2888 Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
2889 address must be different from the host address. Default is the
2890 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
2891
2892 ``ipv6-dns=addr``
2893 Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
2894 nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
2895 Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2896
2897 ``dnssearch=domain``
2898 Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
2899 built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
2900 transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
2901 supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
2902 append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
2903 be resolved.
2904
2905 Example:
2906
2907 .. parsed-literal::
2908
2909 |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
2910
2911 ``domainname=domain``
2912 Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
2913 server.
2914
2915 ``tftp=dir``
2916 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2917 server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
2918 server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
2919 binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
2920
2921 ``tftp-server-name=name``
2922 In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
2923 (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
2924 load boot files or configurations from a different server than
2925 the host address.
2926
2927 ``bootfile=file``
2928 When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
2929 BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
2930 to network boot a guest from a local directory.
2931
2932 Example (using pxelinux):
2933
2934 .. parsed-literal::
2935
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002936 |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002937 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
2938
2939 ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
2940 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2941 server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
2942 ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
2943 set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
2944 i.e. x.x.x.4.
2945
2946 In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2947
2948 ::
2949
2950 10.0.2.4 smbserver
2951
2952 must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
2953 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
2954 NT/2000).
2955
2956 Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
2957
2958 Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
2959
2960 ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
2961 Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
2962 hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
2963 guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
2964 (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
2965 specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
2966 interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
2967 option can be given multiple times.
2968
2969 For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
2970 guest screen 0, use the following:
2971
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002972 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002973
2974 # on the host
2975 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
2976 # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
2977 xterm -display :1
2978
2979 To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
2980 port on the guest, use the following:
2981
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002982 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002983
2984 # on the host
2985 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
2986 telnet localhost 5555
2987
2988 Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
2989 connect to the guest telnet server.
2990
2991 ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
2992 Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
2993 port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
2994 cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
2995 can be given multiple times.
2996
2997 You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
2998 throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
2999
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003000 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003001
3002 # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
3003 # the guest accesses it
3004 |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
3005
3006 Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
3007 by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
3008 for that virtual server:
3009
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003010 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003011
3012 # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
3013 # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
3014 |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
3015
3016``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3017 Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
3018
3019 Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
3020 dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
3021 automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
3022 ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
3023 ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
3024 disable script execution.
3025
3026 If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Tianjia Zhang8d73ec82020-07-27 12:59:25 +08003027 to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003028 The default network helper executable is
3029 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3030 ``br0``.
3031
3032 ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
3033 host TAP interface.
3034
3035 Examples:
3036
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003037 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003038
3039 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
3040 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
3041
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003042 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003043
3044 #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
3045 #to a TAP device
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003046 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3047 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003048 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
3049
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003050 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003051
3052 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3053 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003054 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003055 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
3056
3057``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3058 Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
3059
3060 Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
3061 attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
3062 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3063 ``br0``.
3064
3065 Examples:
3066
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003067 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003068
3069 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3070 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
3071 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3072
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003073 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003074
3075 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3076 #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
3077 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3078
3079``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
3080 This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
3081 to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
3082 ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
3083 (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
3084 instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
3085 already opened TCP socket.
3086
3087 Example:
3088
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003089 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003090
3091 # launch a first QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003092 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3093 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003094 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
3095 # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003096 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3097 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003098 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
3099
3100``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
3101 Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
3102 traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
3103 socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
3104 address maddr and port. NOTES:
3105
3106 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
3107 (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
3108
3109 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
3110 ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
3111
3112 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
3113
3114 Example:
3115
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003116 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003117
3118 # launch one QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003119 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3120 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003121 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3122 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003123 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3124 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003125 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3126 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003127 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3128 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003129 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3130
3131 Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
3132
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003133 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003134
3135 # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003136 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3137 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003138 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
3139 # launch UML
3140 /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
3141
3142 Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
3143
3144 .. parsed-literal::
3145
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003146 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3147 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003148 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
3149
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00003150``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003151 Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
3152 is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
3153 frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
3154 the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
3155
3156 This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
3157 firewall directly.
3158
3159 ``src=srcaddr``
3160 source address (mandatory)
3161
3162 ``dst=dstaddr``
3163 destination address (mandatory)
3164
3165 ``udp``
3166 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
3167
3168 ``srcport=srcport``
3169 source udp port.
3170
3171 ``dstport=dstport``
3172 destination udp port.
3173
3174 ``ipv6``
3175 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
3176
3177 ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
3178 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
3179 Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
3180 they are 32 bit.
3181
3182 ``cookie64``
3183 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
3184
3185 ``counter=off``
3186 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
3187 draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
3188
3189 ``pincounter=on``
3190 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
3191 on networks which have packet reorder.
3192
3193 ``offset=offset``
3194 Add an extra offset between header and data
3195
3196 For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
3197 the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
3198
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003199 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003200
3201 # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
3202 # on 1.2.3.4
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003203 ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003204 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003205 ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003206 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
3207 ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
3208 ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
3209 brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
3210
3211
3212 # on 4.3.2.1
3213 # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
3214
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003215 |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003216 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
3217
3218``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
3219 Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
3220 on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
3221 GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
3222 permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
3223 QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
3224
3225 Example:
3226
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003227 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003228
3229 # launch vde switch
3230 vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
3231 # launch QEMU instance
3232 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
3233
3234``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
3235 Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
3236 should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
3237 specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
3238 messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
3239 non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
3240 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
3241 multiqueue vhost-user.
3242
3243 Example:
3244
3245 ::
3246
3247 qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
3248 -numa node,memdev=mem \
3249 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
3250 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
3251 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
3252
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08003253``-netdev vhost-vdpa,vhostdev=/path/to/dev``
3254 Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
3255
3256 vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
3257 the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
3258 vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
3259 emulated by software.
3260
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003261``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
3262 Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
3263
3264 The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
3265 instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
3266 hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
3267 option.
3268
3269``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
3270 Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
3271 default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
3272 emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
3273 If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
3274 machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
3275 future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
3276 a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
3277 device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
3278 assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
3279 can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
3280 this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
3281 disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
3282 created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
3283 Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
3284 target.
3285
3286``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
3287 Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
3288 the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
3289 (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
3290ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003291
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003292DEFHEADING()
3293
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003294DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003295
3296DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08003297 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003298 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbrusterba858d12021-09-28 09:14:49 +02003299 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003300 " [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00003301 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003302 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003303 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003304 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003305 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003306 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3307 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003308 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003309 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3310 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3311 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3312 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003313#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003314 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3315 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003316#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003317 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3318 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003319#endif
3320#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003321 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003322#endif
3323#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
3324 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003325 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3326 "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003327#endif
3328#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003329 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3330 "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003331#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003332#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003333 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3334 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003335#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003336 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003337)
3338
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003339SRST
3340The general form of a character device option is:
3341
3342``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
3343 Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``,
3344 ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
3345 ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``tty``, ``parallel``, ``parport``,
3346 ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
3347 applicable options.
3348
3349 Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
3350
3351 All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
3352 characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
3353 other command line directives.
3354
3355 A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
3356 front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
3357 a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
3358 backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
3359 to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
3360 ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
3361 and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
3362 ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
3363 connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
3364 enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
3365 instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
3366 used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
3367
3368 ::
3369
3370 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3371 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3372 -serial chardev:char0 \
3373 -serial chardev:char0
3374
3375 You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
3376 for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
3377 and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
3378 parallel port:
3379
3380 ::
3381
3382 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3383 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3384 -parallel chardev:char0 \
3385 -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
3386 -serial chardev:char1 \
3387 -serial chardev:char1
3388
3389 When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003390 sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
3391 :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
3392 System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003393
3394 Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
3395 multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
3396 creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
3397 the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
3398 and the monitor to stdio.
3399
3400 There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other
3401 direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from
3402 multiple chardevs).
3403
3404 Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
3405 path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
3406 ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
3407 or appended to when opened.
3408
3409The available backends are:
3410
3411``-chardev null,id=id``
3412 A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
3413 data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
3414
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003415``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003416 Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
3417 socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
3418 Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
3419 socket.
3420
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003421 ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003422
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003423 ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003424 to connect to a listening socket.
3425
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003426 ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003427 telnet escape sequences.
3428
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003429 ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003430 communication.
3431
3432 ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
3433 sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
3434 seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
3435 and is the default.
3436
3437 ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
3438 encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
3439 the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
3440 ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
3441
3442 ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
3443 against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
3444 validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
3445 deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
3446 If missing, it will default to denying access.
3447
3448 TCP and unix socket options are given below:
3449
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003450 ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003451 ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
3452 be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
3453 connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
3454 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3455
3456 ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
3457 bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
3458 host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
3459 number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
3460
3461 ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
3462 specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
3463 bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
3464 succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
3465
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003466 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
3467 or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
3468 use either protocol.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003469
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003470 ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003471
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003472 ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003473 ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
3474 is required.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003475 ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003476 rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003477 ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003478 rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003479
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003480``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003481 Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
3482
3483 ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
3484 it defaults to ``localhost``.
3485
3486 ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
3487 ``port`` is required.
3488
3489 ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
3490 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3491
3492 ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
3493 any available local port will be used.
3494
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003495 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003496 If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
3497
3498``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
3499 Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
3500 does not take any options.
3501
3502``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
3503 Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
3504 specific size.
3505
3506 ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
3507 of the console, in pixels.
3508
3509 ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
3510 text console with the given dimensions.
3511
3512``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
3513 Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
3514 of two and defaults to ``64K``.
3515
3516``-chardev file,id=id,path=path``
3517 Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3518
3519 ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
3520 be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
3521 ``path`` is required.
3522
3523``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
3524 Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
3525 slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
3526
3527 On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3528 ``\\.pipe\path``.
3529
3530 On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
3531 ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
3532 guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
3533 will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
3534
3535 ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
3536 required.
3537
3538``-chardev console,id=id``
3539 Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
3540 does not take any options.
3541
3542 ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
3543
3544``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
3545 Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3546
3547 On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
3548 serial lines.
3549
3550 ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3551
3552``-chardev pty,id=id``
3553 Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty``
3554 does not take any options.
3555
3556 ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
3557
3558``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
3559 Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
3560
3561 ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
3562 includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
3563 is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
3564
3565``-chardev braille,id=id``
3566 Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
3567 options.
3568
3569``-chardev tty,id=id,path=path``
3570 ``tty`` is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD
3571 and DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for ``serial``.
3572
3573 ``path`` specifies the path to the tty. ``path`` is required.
3574
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003575``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
3576 \
3577``-chardev parport,id=id,path=path``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003578 ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
3579 hosts.
3580
3581 Connect to a local parallel port.
3582
3583 ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
3584 required.
3585
3586``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3587 ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3588
3589 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3590
3591 ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
3592
3593 Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
3594
3595``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3596 ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3597
3598 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3599
3600 ``name`` name of spice port to connect to
3601
3602 Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
3603 traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
3604ERST
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003605
3606DEFHEADING()
3607
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003608#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003609DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003610
3611DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003612 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3613 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3614 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003615 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3616 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3617 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003618 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003619SRST
3620The general form of a TPM device option is:
3621
3622``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
3623 The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
3624 ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3625 ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
3626
3627 Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
3628
3629The available backends are:
3630
3631``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
3632 (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
3633 passthrough driver.
3634
3635 ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
3636 Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
3637 default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
3638
3639 ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3640 entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3641 ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3642 sysfs entry to use.
3643
3644 Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3645
3646 The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
3647 by any other application on the host.
3648
3649 Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
3650 TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
3651 the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
3652 would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
3653 user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
3654 TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
3655 get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
3656 afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
3657 enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
3658 is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3659
3660 To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3661
3662 ::
3663
3664 -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3665
3666 Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
3667 ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
3668
3669``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
3670 (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
3671 socket based chardev backend.
3672
3673 ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
3674 that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3675
3676 To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3677
3678 ::
3679
3680 -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3681ERST
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003682
3683DEFHEADING()
3684
3685#endif
3686
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003687DEFHEADING(Linux/Multiboot boot specific:)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003688SRST
3689When using these options, you can use a given Linux or Multiboot kernel
3690without installing it in the disk image. It can be useful for easier
3691testing of various kernels.
3692
3693
3694ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003695
3696DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003697 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003698SRST
3699``-kernel bzImage``
3700 Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3701 or in multiboot format.
3702ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003703
3704DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003705 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003706SRST
3707``-append cmdline``
3708 Use cmdline as kernel command line
3709ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003710
3711DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003712 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003713SRST
3714``-initrd file``
3715 Use file as initial ram disk.
3716
3717``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
3718 This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3719
3720 Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3721 first module.
3722ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003723
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003724DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003725 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003726SRST
3727``-dtb file``
3728 Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
3729 kernel on boot.
3730ERST
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003731
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003732DEFHEADING()
3733
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003734DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003735
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003736DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat,
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003737 "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n"
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003738 " Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n"
3739 "-compat [unstable-input=accept|reject|crash][,unstable-output=accept|hide]\n"
3740 " Policy for handling unstable management interfaces\n",
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003741 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3742SRST
3743``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3744 Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental):
3745
3746 ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default)
3747 Accept deprecated commands and arguments
3748 ``deprecated-input=reject``
3749 Reject deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003750 ``deprecated-input=crash``
3751 Crash on deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003752 ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default)
3753 Emit deprecated command results and events
3754 ``deprecated-output=hide``
3755 Suppress deprecated command results and events
3756
3757 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003758
3759``-compat [unstable-input=@var{input-policy}][,unstable-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3760 Set policy for handling unstable management interfaces (experimental):
3761
3762 ``unstable-input=accept`` (default)
3763 Accept unstable commands and arguments
3764 ``unstable-input=reject``
3765 Reject unstable commands and arguments
3766 ``unstable-input=crash``
3767 Crash on unstable commands and arguments
3768 ``unstable-output=accept`` (default)
3769 Emit unstable command results and events
3770 ``unstable-output=hide``
3771 Suppress unstable command results and events
3772
3773 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003774ERST
3775
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003776DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3777 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003778 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003779 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003780 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003781 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003782SRST
3783``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
3784 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
3785
3786``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
3787 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
3788
3789 The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
3790 included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3791 embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
3792
3793 The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3794
3795 Example:
3796
3797 ::
3798
3799 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3800
3801 creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3802 from ./my\_blob.bin.
3803ERST
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003804
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003805DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003806 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3807 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003808SRST
3809``-serial dev``
3810 Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
3811 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
3812 graphical mode.
3813
3814 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3815 ports.
3816
3817 Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports.
3818
3819 Available character devices are:
3820
3821 ``vc[:WxH]``
3822 Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
3823 pixel with
3824
3825 ::
3826
3827 vc:800x600
3828
3829 It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3830
3831 ::
3832
3833 vc:80Cx24C
3834
3835 ``pty``
3836 [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3837
3838 ``none``
3839 No device is allocated.
3840
3841 ``null``
3842 void device
3843
3844 ``chardev:id``
3845 Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
3846 option.
3847
3848 ``/dev/XXX``
3849 [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
3850 port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3851
3852 ``/dev/parportN``
3853 [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
3854 Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3855
3856 ``file:filename``
3857 Write output to filename. No character can be read.
3858
3859 ``stdio``
3860 [Unix only] standard input/output
3861
3862 ``pipe:filename``
3863 name pipe filename
3864
3865 ``COMn``
3866 [Windows only] Use host serial port n
3867
3868 ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
3869 This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
3870 are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
3871 specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
3872
3873 If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
3874 ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
3875 ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
3876 QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
3877 netconsole session.
3878
3879 If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
3880 to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
3881 the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
3882 udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
3883 version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
3884 receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
3885 netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
3886 transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
3887 netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
3888 QEMU port.
3889
3890 ``QEMU Options:``
3891 -serial udp::4555@:4556
3892
3893 ``netcat options:``
3894 -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
3895
3896 ``telnet options:``
3897 localhost 5555
3898
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003899 ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003900 The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
3901 serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
3902 location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003903 port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003904 socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003905 unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003906 option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on``
3907 option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003908 down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
3909 is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003910 time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003911 corresponding character device.
3912
3913 ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
3914 -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
3915
3916 ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003917 -serial tcp::4444,server=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003918
3919 ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003920 -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003921
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003922 ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003923 The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
3924 options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
3925 The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
3926 client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
3927 to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
3928 supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
3929 you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
3930 pressing the enter key.
3931
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003932 ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003933 The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
3934 port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
3935
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003936 ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003937 A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
3938 works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
3939 the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
3940
3941 ``mon:dev_string``
3942 This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
3943 onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
3944 sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
3945 any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
3946 multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
3947 4444 would be:
3948
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003949 ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003950
3951 When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
3952 will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
3953 instead.
3954
3955 ``braille``
3956 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
3957 output on a real or fake device.
3958
3959 ``msmouse``
3960 Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
3961 protocol.
3962ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003963
3964DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003965 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
3966 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003967SRST
3968``-parallel dev``
3969 Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
3970 as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
3971 to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
3972 port.
3973
3974 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
3975 ports.
3976
3977 Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
3978ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003979
3980DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003981 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
3982 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003983SRST
3984``-monitor dev``
3985 Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
3986 port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
3987 in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
3988 monitor.
3989ERST
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01003990DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003991 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
3992 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003993SRST
3994``-qmp dev``
3995 Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
3996ERST
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01003997DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
3998 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
3999 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004000SRST
4001``-qmp-pretty dev``
4002 Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
4003ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004004
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004005DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01004006 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004007SRST
4008``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
Ali Shirvani16b3f3b2021-05-19 11:41:45 +04304009 Setup monitor on chardev name. ``mode=control`` configures
4010 a QMP monitor (a JSON RPC-style protocol) and it is not the
4011 same as HMP, the human monitor that has a "(qemu)" prompt.
4012 ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``,
4013 turning on JSON pretty printing to ease
Daniel P. Berrangé283d8452021-02-19 17:56:13 +00004014 human reading and debugging.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004015ERST
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004016
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004017DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004018 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
4019 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004020SRST
4021``-debugcon dev``
4022 Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
4023 serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
4024 port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
4025 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4026 graphical mode.
4027ERST
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004028
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004029DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004030 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004031SRST
4032``-pidfile file``
4033 Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
4034 from a script.
4035ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004036
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004037DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004038 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004039SRST
4040``-singlestep``
4041 Run the emulation in single step mode.
4042ERST
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004043
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004044DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02004045 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004046 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004047SRST
4048``--preconfig``
4049 Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
4050 created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
4051 affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
4052 exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
4053 if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
4054 option is experimental.
4055ERST
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004056
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004057DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004058 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
4059 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004060SRST
4061``-S``
4062 Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
4063ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004064
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004065DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02004066 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004067 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
4068 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
4069 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
4070 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004071SRST
4072``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004073 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004074``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
4075 Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
4076 to assume that host overcommits all resources.
4077
4078 Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
4079 (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not
Thomas Huthc8c9dc42020-12-10 16:58:07 +01004080 overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004081
4082 Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
4083 for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
4084 guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
4085 works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
4086 estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
4087 taking into account guest idle time.
4088ERST
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004089
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004090DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004091 "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
4092 " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
4093 " if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
4094 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004095SRST
4096``-gdb dev``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004097 Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
4098 in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004099 execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
4100 connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
4101 also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
4102
4103 The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
4104
4105 -gdb tcp::3117
4106
4107 but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
4108 are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
4109 allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
4110 connection via a pipe:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004111
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004112 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004113
4114 (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
4115ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004116
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004117DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004118 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
4119 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004120SRST
4121``-s``
4122 Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004123 (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004124ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004125
4126DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004127 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004128 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004129SRST
4130``-d item1[,...]``
4131 Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
4132 items.
4133ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004134
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004135DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004136 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004137 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004138SRST
4139``-D logfile``
4140 Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
4141ERST
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004142
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004143DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
4144 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
4145 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004146SRST
4147``-dfilter range1[,...]``
4148 Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
4149 The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
4150 where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
4151 example:
4152
4153 ::
4154
4155 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
4156
4157 Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
4158 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
4159 another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
4160ERST
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004161
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004162DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
4163 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
4164 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004165SRST
4166``-seed number``
4167 Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
4168 generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
4169 within the host.
4170ERST
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004171
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004172DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004173 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
4174 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004175SRST
4176``-L path``
4177 Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
4178
4179 To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
4180ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004181
4182DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004183 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004184SRST
4185``-bios file``
4186 Set the filename for the BIOS.
4187ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004188
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004189DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Thomas Huth21abf012022-04-27 15:49:06 +02004190 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n",
4191 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_PPC |
4192 QEMU_ARCH_RISCV | QEMU_ARCH_S390X)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004193SRST
4194``-enable-kvm``
4195 Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
4196 available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
4197ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004198
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004199DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004200 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n",
4201 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004202DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
4203 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01004204 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004205 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00004206DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
4207 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
4208 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
4209 " xenpv machine type).\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004210 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004211SRST
4212``-xen-domid id``
4213 Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
4214
4215``-xen-attach``
4216 Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
4217 QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
4218 specified domain id (XEN only).
4219ERST
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004220
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004221DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004222 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004223SRST
4224``-no-reboot``
4225 Exit instead of rebooting.
4226ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004227
4228DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004229 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004230SRST
4231``-no-shutdown``
4232 Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
4233 emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
4234 changes to the disk image.
4235ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004236
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004237DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004238 "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
4239 " action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004240 "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
4241 " action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
Ilya Leoshkevich0882caf2022-07-26 00:37:45 +02004242 "-action panic=pause|shutdown|exit-failure|none\n"
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004243 " action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004244 "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
4245 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4246 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4247SRST
4248``-action event=action``
4249 The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
4250 certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
4251 same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
4252 parameters.
4253
4254 Examples:
4255
Alejandro Jimenezc753e8e2020-12-11 17:31:52 -05004256 ``-action panic=none``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004257 ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
4258 ``-watchdog i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
4259
4260ERST
4261
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004262DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
4263 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004264 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
4265 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004266SRST
4267``-loadvm file``
4268 Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
4269ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004270
4271#ifndef _WIN32
4272DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004273 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004274#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004275SRST
4276``-daemonize``
4277 Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
4278 detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
4279 any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
4280 programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
4281 race conditions.
4282ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004283
4284DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004285 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
4286 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004287SRST
4288``-option-rom file``
4289 Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
4290 load things like EtherBoot.
4291ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004292
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004293DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06004294 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004295 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
4296 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004297
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004298SRST
4299``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
4300 Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
4301 the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
4302 required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
4303 specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
4304 ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
4305
4306 By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
4307 using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
4308 specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
4309 external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
4310 guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
4311 which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
4312 prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
4313 ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
4314 recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
4315 determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
4316 virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
4317 clock.
4318
4319 Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
4320 problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
4321 to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
4322 Windows guest and will re-inject them.
4323ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004324
4325DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004326 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00004327 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02004328 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004329 " or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
4330 " record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004331SRST
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004332``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004333 Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
4334 instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
4335 then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
4336 virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
4337
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004338 Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
4339 not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
4340 superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
4341 number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
4342 with actual performance.
4343
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004344 When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
4345 default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With
4346 ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
4347 deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
4348 will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
4349 deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
4350 The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``.
4351 ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
4352 or ``align=on``.
4353
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004354 ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
4355 synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
4356 have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
4357 option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
4358 ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
4359 inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
4360 ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
4361 shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
4362 Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004363 depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
4364 is ``align=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004365
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004366 When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
4367 enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
4368 specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
4369 to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
4370 If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
4371 name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
4372 at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
4373 specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004374ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004375
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004376DEF("watchdog", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog, \
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02004377 "-watchdog model\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004378 " enable virtual hardware watchdog [default=none]\n",
4379 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004380SRST
4381``-watchdog model``
4382 Create a virtual hardware watchdog device. Once enabled (by a guest
4383 action), the watchdog must be periodically polled by an agent inside
4384 the guest or else the guest will be restarted. Choose a model for
4385 which your guest has drivers.
4386
4387 The model is the model of hardware watchdog to emulate. Use
4388 ``-watchdog help`` to list available hardware models. Only one
4389 watchdog can be enabled for a guest.
4390
4391 The following models may be available:
4392
4393 ``ib700``
4394 iBASE 700 is a very simple ISA watchdog with a single timer.
4395
4396 ``i6300esb``
4397 Intel 6300ESB I/O controller hub is a much more featureful
4398 PCI-based dual-timer watchdog.
4399
4400 ``diag288``
4401 A virtual watchdog for s390x backed by the diagnose 288
4402 hypercall (currently KVM only).
4403ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004404
4405DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02004406 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004407 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4408 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004409SRST
4410``-watchdog-action action``
4411 The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
4412 expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
4413 Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
4414 shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
4415 ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
4416 guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
4417 (do nothing).
4418
4419 Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
4420 to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
4421 situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
4422 ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
4423
4424 Examples:
4425
4426 ``-watchdog i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``; \ ``-watchdog ib700``
4427
4428ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004429
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004430DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004431 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
4432 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004433SRST
4434``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
4435 Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
4436 using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
4437 the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
4438 ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
4439 control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
4440 For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
4441 escape character to Control-t.
4442
4443 ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
4444
4445ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004446
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004447DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004448 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
4449 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004450 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
4451 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
4452 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
4453 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
4454 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
4455 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004456 " or from given external command\n" \
4457 "-incoming defer\n" \
4458 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004459 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004460SRST
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004461``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004462 \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004463``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004464 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
4465
4466``-incoming unix:socketpath``
4467 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4468
4469``-incoming fd:fd``
4470 Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
4471
4472``-incoming exec:cmdline``
4473 Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
4474 command.
4475
4476``-incoming defer``
4477 Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
4478 can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
4479 to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
4480ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004481
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304482DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4483 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004484SRST
4485``-only-migratable``
4486 Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
4487 an unmigratable state.
4488ERST
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304489
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004490DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004491 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004492SRST
4493``-nodefaults``
4494 Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
4495 devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
4496 device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
4497 ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
4498ERST
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004499
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004500#ifndef _WIN32
4501DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004502 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
4503 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004504#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004505SRST
4506``-chroot dir``
4507 Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
4508 directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
4509ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004510
4511#ifndef _WIN32
4512DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004513 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4514 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004515 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004516#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004517SRST
4518``-runas user``
4519 Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges,
4520 switching to the specified user.
4521ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004522
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004523DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4524 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004525 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4526 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004527SRST
4528``-prom-env variable=value``
4529 Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
4530
4531 ::
4532
4533 qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4534 -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
4535
4536 ::
4537
4538 qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4539 -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
4540 -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
4541ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004542DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004543 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004544 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004545 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004546SRST
4547``-semihosting``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004548 Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004549
4550 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4551 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4552
4553 See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
4554 information about the facilities this enables.
4555ERST
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004556DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004557 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004558 " semihosting configuration\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004559QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004560QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004561SRST
4562``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004563 Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004564 only).
4565
4566 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4567 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4568
4569 On Arm this implements the standard semihosting API, version 2.0.
4570
4571 On M68K this implements the "ColdFire GDB" interface used by
4572 libgloss.
4573
4574 Xtensa semihosting provides basic file IO calls, such as
4575 open/read/write/seek/select. Tensilica baremetal libc for ISS and
4576 linux platform "sim" use this interface.
4577
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004578 On RISC-V this implements the standard semihosting API, version 0.2.
4579
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004580 ``target=native|gdb|auto``
4581 Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
4582 (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
4583 means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
4584
4585 ``chardev=str1``
4586 Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
4587 output when not in gdb
4588
4589 ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
4590 Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
4591 multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
4592 ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
4593 still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4594 ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
4595 specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
4596 takes precedence.
4597ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004598DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004599 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004600SRST
4601``-old-param``
4602 Old param mode (ARM only).
4603ERST
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004604
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004605DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004606 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004607 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004608 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4609 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4610 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004611 " C library implementations.\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004612 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
4613 " to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004614 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004615 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4616 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004617 " blocking *fork and execve\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004618 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004619 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004620SRST
4621``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
4622 Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
4623 filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
4624
4625 ``obsolete=string``
4626 Enable Obsolete system calls
4627
4628 ``elevateprivileges=string``
4629 Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
4630
4631 ``spawn=string``
4632 Disable \*fork and execve
4633
4634 ``resourcecontrol=string``
4635 Disable process affinity and schedular priority
4636ERST
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004637
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004638DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Paolo Bonzinie960a7e2022-04-14 10:57:21 -04004639 "-readconfig <file>\n"
4640 " read config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004641SRST
4642``-readconfig file``
4643 Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
4644 you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
4645 you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
4646ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004647
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004648DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4649 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004650 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004651 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004652SRST
4653``-no-user-config``
4654 The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
4655 user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
4656ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004657
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004658DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004659 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
LluĂ­s23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004660 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004661 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004662SRST
4663``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004664 .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004665
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004666ERST
LluĂ­s Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004667DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004668 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n"
LluĂ­s Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004669 " load a plugin\n",
4670 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004671SRST
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004672``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004673 Load a plugin.
4674
4675 ``file=file``
4676 Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4677
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004678 ``argname=argvalue``
4679 Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004680ERST
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004681
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004682HXCOMM Internal use
4683DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4684DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004685
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004686DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004687 "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
Markus Armbrusterdeda4972019-10-10 10:15:08 +02004688 " control error message format\n"
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004689 " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
4690 " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
4691 " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004692 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004693SRST
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004694``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004695 Control error message format.
4696
4697 ``timestamp=on|off``
4698 Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004699
4700 ``guest-name=on|off``
4701 Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
4702 otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004703ERST
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004704
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304705DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4706 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4707 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4708 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4709 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004710 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304711 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004712SRST
4713``-dump-vmstate file``
4714 Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
4715 file in file
4716ERST
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304717
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004718DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4719 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4720 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4721 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004722SRST
4723``-enable-sync-profile``
4724 Enable synchronization profiling.
4725ERST
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004726
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004727DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004728
4729DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004730
4731DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4732 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4733 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4734 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4735 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4736 " '/objects' path.\n",
4737 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004738SRST
4739``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
4740 Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
4741 they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
4742 objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
4743
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004744 ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,readonly=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004745 Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
4746 the guest RAM with huge pages.
4747
4748 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004749 reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``,
4750 ``-device nvdimm``, etc.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004751
4752 The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004753 accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004754
4755 The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
4756 huge page filesystem mount.
4757
4758 The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
4759 region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
4760 allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
4761 region.
4762
4763 The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4764 limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4765
4766 Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4767 bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4768 Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4769 source tree for additional details.
4770
4771 Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
4772 file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
4773 unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
4774 ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
4775 discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
4776 using SIGKILL.
4777
4778 The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4779 MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
4780 the pages for memory deduplication.
4781
4782 Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
4783 from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
4784
4785 The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4786
4787 The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
4788 NUMA host nodes.
4789
4790 The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
4791 following values:
4792
4793 ``default``
4794 default host policy
4795
4796 ``preferred``
4797 prefer the given host node list for allocation
4798
4799 ``bind``
4800 restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4801
4802 ``interleave``
4803 interleave memory allocations across the given host node
4804 list
4805
4806 The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
4807 QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4808 ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
4809 alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
4810 device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4811 such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
4812 option.
4813
4814 The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
4815 by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
4816 accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
4817 NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
4818 operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
4819 ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
4820 migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
4821 flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
4822 ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
4823 requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
4824 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
4825 option.
4826
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004827 The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
4828 read-only or read-write (default).
4829
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004830 ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
4831 Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
4832 guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
4833 ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
4834 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4835 options.
4836
4837 ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
4838 Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
4839 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
4840 using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
4841 optional sealing. (Linux only)
4842
4843 The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4844 further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4845
4846 The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
4847 the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
4848 with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
4849 the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
4850 page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
4851 system).
4852
4853 In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
4854 incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
4855 4.16).
4856
4857 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4858 other options.
4859
4860 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
4861
4862 ``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
4863 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4864 from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4865 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4866 ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
4867 uses this RNG backend.
4868
4869 ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
4870 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4871 from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4872 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4873 ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
4874 which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
4875 ``/dev/urandom``.
4876
4877 ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
4878 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4879 from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
4880 parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4881 entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
4882 parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
4883 provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
4884
4885 ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
4886 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
4887 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
4888 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
4889 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
4890 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
4891 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
4892 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
4893 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
4894 is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
4895
4896 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
4897 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4898 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
4899 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
4900 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4901 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4902 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4903 upfront and saved.
4904
4905 ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
4906 Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
4907 can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
4908 ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
4909 to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
4910 or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
4911 uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
4912 For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
4913 sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
4914
4915 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
4916 called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
4917 file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
4918 program.
4919
4920 For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
4921 providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
4922 If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
4923 parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4924 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4925 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
4926 front and saved.
4927
4928 ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
4929 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
4930 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
4931 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
4932 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
4933 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
4934 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
4935 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
4936 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
4937 certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
4938 with valid client certificates too.
4939
4940 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
4941 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4942 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
4943 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
4944 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4945 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4946 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4947 upfront and saved.
4948
4949 For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
4950 further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
4951 must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
4952 ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
4953 server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
4954 and client-key.pem (only clients).
4955
4956 For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
4957 sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
4958 version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
4959 ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
4960 password for decryption.
4961
4962 The priority parameter allows to override the global default
4963 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
4964 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
4965 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
4966 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
4967 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
4968 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
4969 string as described at
4970 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
4971
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé993aec22018-10-11 20:21:11 +02004972 ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
4973 Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
4974 the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
4975 to use.
4976
4977 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
4978 access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
4979 host.
4980
4981 The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
4982 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
4983 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
4984 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
4985 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
4986 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
4987 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
4988 string as described at
4989 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
4990
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02004991 An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
4992 The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
4993 TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
4994 fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
4995 objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
4996 guest-side TLS.
4997
4998 In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
4999 is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
5000 Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
5001 refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
5002
5003 .. parsed-literal::
5004
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005005 # |qemu_system| \\
5006 -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005007 -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
5008
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005009 ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5010 Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
5011 all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
5012 delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
5013 microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
5014 netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
5015 for netfilter will be 'on'.
5016
5017 queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
5018 netfilter.
5019
5020 ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
5021 transmit queue of the netdev (default).
5022
5023 ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
5024 netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
5025
5026 ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
5027 netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
5028
5029 position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
5030 filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
5031 to any netfilter.
5032
5033 ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
5034 before any existing filters.
5035
5036 ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
5037 behind any existing filters (default).
5038
5039 ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
5040 specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
5041
5042 insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
5043 the new filter relative to the one specified with
5044 position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
5045
5046 ``before``: insert before the specified filter.
5047
5048 ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
5049
5050 ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5051 filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
5052 chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5053 filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5054
5055 ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5056 filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
5057 packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
5058 filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
5059 will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
5060 filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
5061 can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
5062 least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
5063
5064 ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5065 Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
5066 packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
5067 connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
5068 tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
5069 vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
5070
5071 usage: colo secondary: -object
5072 filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
5073 filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
5074 filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
5075
5076 ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5077 Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
5078 filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
5079 stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
5080 tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
5081
Zhang Chena2e5cb72020-06-24 09:20:41 +08005082 ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005083 Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
5084 secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
5085 and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
5086 primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
5087 checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
5088 improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
5089 another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5090 colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5091 The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
5092 colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
5093 is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
5094 The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
5095 size depend on user environment.
5096 If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
Zhang Chen9cc43c92020-03-18 16:23:19 +08005097 notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005098
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005099 COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
5100 filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005101
5102 ::
5103
5104 KVM COLO
5105
5106 primary:
5107 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5108 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005109 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5110 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5111 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005112 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005113 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005114 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
5115 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5116 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5117 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5118 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5119 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
5120
5121 secondary:
5122 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5123 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5124 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5125 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5126 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5127 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5128
5129
5130 Xen COLO
5131
5132 primary:
5133 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5134 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005135 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5136 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5137 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005138 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005139 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005140 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005141 -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005142 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5143 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5144 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5145 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5146 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
5147
5148 secondary:
5149 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5150 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5151 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5152 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5153 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5154 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5155
5156 If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
5157 read the colo-compare git log.
5158
5159 ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
5160 Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
5161 the QEMU cipher APIS. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
5162 be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
5163 ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
5164 which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
5165 of queues is 1.
5166
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005167 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005168
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005169 # |qemu_system| \\
5170 [...] \\
5171 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
5172 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005173 [...]
5174
5175 ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
5176 Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
5177 chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5178 reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
5179 device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
5180 The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
5181 vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
5182 end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
5183 specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
5184 vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
5185
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005186 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005187
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005188 # |qemu_system| \\
5189 [...] \\
5190 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
5191 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
5192 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005193 [...]
5194
5195 ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005196 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005197 ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
5198 Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
5199 other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
5200 directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
5201 parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
5202 sensitive data is encrypted.
5203
5204 The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
5205 or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
5206 valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
5207 binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
5208 provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
5209 can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
5210 encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
5211
5212 For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
5213 associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
5214 encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
5215 parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
5216 defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
5217 key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
5218 parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
5219 encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
5220 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
5221
5222 The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
5223
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005224 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005225
5226 # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
5227
5228 The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
5229
5230 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
5231 secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
5232
5233 For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
5234 usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
5235 the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
5236 padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
5237 PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
5238
5239 First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
5240
5241 ::
5242
5243 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
5244 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5245
5246 Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
5247 initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
5248 secret
5249
5250 ::
5251
5252 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
5253 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5254
5255 The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
5256 we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
5257 be left as raw bytes if desired.
5258
5259 ::
5260
5261 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
5262 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
5263
5264 When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
5265 ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
5266 password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
5267
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005268 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005269
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005270 # |qemu_system| \\
5271 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
5272 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005273 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
5274
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005275 ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file,kernel-hashes=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005276 Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
5277 which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
5278 on AMD processors.
5279
5280 When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
5281 bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
5282 protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
5283 position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
5284 must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
5285
5286 When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
5287 physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
5288 provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
5289 Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
5290 the value should be 5.
5291
5292 The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
5293 communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
5294 Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
5295 supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
5296 CCP driver.
5297
5298 The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
5299 SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
5300 commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
5301 policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
5302 guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
5303 guest. The default is 0.
5304
5305 If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
5306 guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
5307 from which to share the key.
5308
5309 The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
5310 owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
5311 and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
5312 session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
5313 attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
5314
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005315 The ``kernel-hashes`` adds the hashes of given kernel/initrd/
5316 cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured Linux
5317 boot with -kernel. The default is off. (Since 6.2)
5318
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005319 e.g to launch a SEV guest
5320
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005321 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005322
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005323 # |qemu_system_x86| \\
5324 ...... \\
5325 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \\
5326 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005327 .....
5328
5329 ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
5330 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5331 network services.
5332
5333 The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
5334 depends on the network service that authorization object is
5335 associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
5336 the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
5337 must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
5338
5339 An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
5340 name would look like:
5341
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005342 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005343
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005344 # |qemu_system| \\
5345 ... \\
5346 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005347 ...
5348
5349 Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
5350 containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
5351
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005352 ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005353 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5354 network services.
5355
5356 The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
5357 containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
5358
5359 An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
5360 look like:
5361
5362 ::
5363
5364 {
5365 "rules": [
5366 { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5367 { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5368 { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
5369 { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5370 ],
5371 "policy": "deny"
5372 }
5373
5374 When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
5375 and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
5376 returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
5377 ``policy`` value is returned.
5378
5379 The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
5380 the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
5381 used.
5382
5383 If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
5384 automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
5385
5386 As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
5387 strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
5388 usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
5389
5390 An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
5391 would look like:
5392
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005393 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005394
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005395 # |qemu_system| \\
5396 ... \\
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005397 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005398 ...
5399
5400 ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
5401 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5402 network services.
5403
5404 The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
5405 use for authorization. It requires that a file
5406 ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
5407 the ``account`` subsystem.
5408
5409 An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
5410 distinguished name would look like:
5411
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005412 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005413
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005414 # |qemu_system| \\
5415 ... \\
5416 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005417 ...
5418
5419 There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
5420 ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
5421
5422 ::
5423
5424 account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
5425 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
5426
5427 Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
5428 of x509 distingished names that are permitted access
5429
5430 ::
5431
5432 CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
5433
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005434 ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005435 Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
5436 assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
5437 emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
5438 This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
5439 emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
5440
5441 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5442 reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
5443 Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
5444 all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
5445
5446 The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
5447 their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
5448 pinning/affinity.
5449
5450 IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
5451 latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
5452 file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
5453 event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
5454 a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
5455 for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
5456 workload and/or host device latency.
5457
5458 The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
5459 nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
5460 setting this value to 0.
5461
5462 The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
5463 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
5464 due to not polling long enough.
5465
5466 The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
5467 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
5468 long polling without encountering events.
5469
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005470 The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests
5471 in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use
5472 its default.
5473
5474 The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005475 ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
5476 ``id``):
5477
5478 ::
5479
5480 (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
5481ERST
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005482
5483
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01005484HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
Paolo Bonzinifd5fc4b2021-05-17 07:34:21 -04005485
5486#undef DEF
5487#undef DEFHEADING
5488#undef ARCHHEADING